2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**************************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** This file is part of Qt Creator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Copyright (c) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 00:01:27 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Commercial Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 14:17:16 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-14 09:30:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								** contact the sales department at http://qt.nokia.com/contact.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-25 09:15:00 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								**************************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 15:08:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppcodecompletion.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppmodelmanager.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppdoxygen.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cpptoolsconstants.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 13:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cpptoolseditorsupport.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Control.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <AST.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <ASTVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <CoreTypes.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Literals.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Names.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <NameVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Symbols.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <SymbolVisitor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <Scope.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <TranslationUnit.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-09 15:25:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ResolveExpression.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/LookupContext.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/MatchingText.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/Overview.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/ExpressionUnderCursor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <cplusplus/TokenUnderCursor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/icore.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/mimedatabase.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <coreplugin/editormanager/editormanager.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/itexteditor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/itexteditable.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <texteditor/basetexteditor.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <projectexplorer/projectexplorer.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <utils/qtcassert.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QDebug>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QMap>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtCore/QFile>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QAction>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QApplication>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QDesktopWidget>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QLabel>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QStyleOption>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QStylePainter>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QTextDocument> // Qt::escape()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QToolButton>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <QtGui/QVBoxLayout>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CPlusPlus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace CppTools {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								namespace Internal {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class FakeToolTipFrame : public QWidget
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    FakeToolTipFrame(QWidget *parent = 0) :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QWidget(parent, Qt::ToolTip | Qt::WindowStaysOnTopHint)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class FunctionArgumentWidget : public QLabel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_OBJECT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    FunctionArgumentWidget();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void showFunctionHint(QList<Function *> functionSymbols,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                          const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                          int startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private slots:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void nextPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void previousPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								private:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    void updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *currentFunction() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { return m_items.at(m_current); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_startpos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_currentarg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int m_current;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool m_escapePressed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::ITextEditor *m_editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QWidget *m_pager;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QLabel *m_numberLabel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    FakeToolTipFrame *m_popupFrame;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> m_items;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-16 11:20:11 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    LookupContext m_context;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class ConvertToCompletionItem: protected NameVisitor
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The completion collector.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppCodeCompletion *_collector;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem _item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The current symbol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *_symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // The pretty printer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								public:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem(CppCodeCompletion *collector)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        : _collector(collector),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          _item(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          _symbol(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem operator()(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! symbol || ! symbol->name() || symbol->name()->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem previousItem = switchCompletionItem(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = switchSymbol(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        accept(symbol->identity());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (_item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            _item.data = QVariant::fromValue(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        (void) switchSymbol(previousSymbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return switchCompletionItem(previousItem);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								protected:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *switchSymbol(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *previousSymbol = _symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _symbol = symbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousSymbol;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem switchCompletionItem(TextEditor::CompletionItem item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem previousItem = _item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return previousItem;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::CompletionItem newCompletionItem(Name *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(_collector);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = overview.prettyName(name);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = _collector->iconForSymbol(_symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(NameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(TemplateNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item = newCompletionItem(name);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        _item.text = QLatin1String(name->identifier()->chars());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(DestructorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(OperatorNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(ConversionNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    virtual void visit(QualifiedNameId *name)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    { _item = newCompletionItem(name->unqualifiedNameId()); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace Internal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} // namespace CppTools
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using namespace CppTools::Internal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-23 12:16:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FakeToolTipFrame::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStylePainter p(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStyleOptionFrame opt;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    opt.init(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_PanelTipLabel, opt);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    p.end();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-23 12:16:20 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FakeToolTipFrame::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStyleHintReturnMask frameMask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QStyleOption option;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    option.init(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ToolTip_Mask, &option, this, &frameMask))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        setMask(frameMask.region);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								FunctionArgumentWidget::FunctionArgumentWidget():
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startpos(-1),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current(0),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_escapePressed(false)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-13 15:20:48 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QObject *editorObject = Core::EditorManager::instance()->currentEditor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor = qobject_cast<TextEditor::ITextEditor *>(editorObject);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-19 15:18:36 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame = new FakeToolTipFrame(m_editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QToolButton *downArrow = new QToolButton;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setArrowType(Qt::DownArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setFixedSize(16, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    downArrow->setAutoRaise(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QToolButton *upArrow = new QToolButton;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setArrowType(Qt::UpArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setFixedSize(16, 16);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    upArrow->setAutoRaise(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setParent(m_popupFrame);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_pager = new QWidget;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout(m_pager);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->setMargin(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->setSpacing(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(upArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_numberLabel = new QLabel;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(m_numberLabel);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hbox->addWidget(downArrow);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->setMargin(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->setSpacing(0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->addWidget(m_pager);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    layout->addWidget(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->setLayout(layout);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 11:05:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(upArrow, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(previousPage()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    connect(downArrow, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(nextPage()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setMargin(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    qApp->installEventFilter(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::showFunctionHint(QList<Function *> functionSymbols,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                              int startPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Q_ASSERT(!functionSymbols.isEmpty());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_startpos == startPosition)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_pager->setVisible(functionSymbols.size() > 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 15:11:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_items = functionSymbols;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-16 11:20:11 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_context = context;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startpos = startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_escapePressed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // update the text
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_currentarg = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->show();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::nextPage()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_current = (m_current + 1) % m_items.size();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::previousPage()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_current == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_current = m_items.size() - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --m_current;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::updateArgumentHighlight()
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int curpos = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (curpos < m_startpos) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString str = m_editor->textAt(m_startpos, curpos - m_startpos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int argnr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int parcount = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    SimpleLexer tokenize;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<SimpleToken> tokens = tokenize(str);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < tokens.count(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const SimpleToken &tk = tokens.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tk.is(T_LPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (tk.is(T_RPAREN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --parcount;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (! parcount && tk.is(T_COMMA))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_currentarg != argnr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_currentarg = argnr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateHintText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (parcount < 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool FunctionArgumentWidget::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *e)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (e->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_escapePressed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::KeyPress:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_escapePressed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_items.size() > 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_Up) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                previousPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (ke->key() == Qt::Key_Down) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                nextPage();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::KeyRelease:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 10:26:56 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e)->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && m_escapePressed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        updateArgumentHighlight();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::WindowDeactivate:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::FocusOut:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (obj != m_editor->widget())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case QEvent::Wheel: {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(obj);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! (widget == this || m_popupFrame->isAncestorOf(widget))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_popupFrame->close();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void FunctionArgumentWidget::updateHintText()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview overview;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowReturnTypes(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setShowArgumentNames(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 17:02:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    overview.setMarkedArgument(m_currentarg + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Function *f = currentFunction();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 17:02:35 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QString prettyMethod = overview(f->type(), f->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int begin = overview.markedArgumentBegin();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int end = overview.markedArgumentEnd();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString hintText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.left(begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "<b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(begin, end - begin));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += "</b>";
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    hintText += Qt::escape(prettyMethod.mid(end));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    setText(hintText);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 14:46:03 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_numberLabel->setText(tr("%1 of %2").arg(m_current + 1).arg(m_items.size()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->setFixedWidth(m_popupFrame->minimumSizeHint().width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QDesktopWidget *desktop = QApplication::desktop();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-03 20:45:49 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 17:11:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QRect screen = desktop->availableGeometry(desktop->screenNumber(m_editor->widget()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-06 17:11:32 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QRect screen = desktop->screenGeometry(desktop->screenNumber(m_editor->widget()));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:31 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QSize sz = m_popupFrame->sizeHint();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QPoint pos = m_editor->cursorRect(m_startpos).topLeft();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    pos.setY(pos.y() - sz.height() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos.x() + sz.width() > screen.right())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos.setX(screen.right() - sz.width());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_popupFrame->move(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 13:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppQuickFixCollector::CppQuickFixCollector(CppModelManager *modelManager)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    : _modelManager(modelManager), _editor(0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppQuickFixCollector::~CppQuickFixCollector()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppQuickFixCollector::supportsEditor(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return _modelManager->isCppEditor(editor); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppQuickFixCollector::triggersCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return false; }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppQuickFixCollector::startCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    _editor = editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (CppEditorSupport *extra = _modelManager->editorSupport(editor)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<QuickFixOperationPtr> quickFixes = extra->quickFixes();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! quickFixes.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (QuickFixOperationPtr op, quickFixes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.text = op->description();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.data = QVariant::fromValue(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 13:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                _completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                ++i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppQuickFixCollector::completions(QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> *completions)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    completions->append(_completions);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppQuickFixCollector::complete(const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    CppEditorSupport *extra = _modelManager->editorSupport(_editor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QList<QuickFixOperationPtr> quickFixes = extra->quickFixes();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QuickFixOperationPtr quickFix = quickFixes.at(item.data.toInt());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-09 13:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *ed = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(_editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    quickFix->apply(ed->textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppQuickFixCollector::cleanup()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    _completions.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-28 13:56:10 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								CppCodeCompletion::CppCodeCompletion(CppModelManager *manager)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    : ICompletionCollector(manager),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_manager(manager),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_caseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitive),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:42:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_autoInsertBrackets(true),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_forcedCompletion(false),
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_completionOperator(T_EOF_SYMBOL),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								      m_objcEnabled(true)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								QIcon CppCodeCompletion::iconForSymbol(Symbol *symbol) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_icons.iconForSymbol(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Qt::CaseSensitivity CppCodeCompletion::caseSensitivity() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_caseSensitivity;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseSensitivity caseSensitivity)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_caseSensitivity = caseSensitivity;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-26 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::autoInsertBrackets() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:42:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_autoInsertBrackets;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-26 11:10:22 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::setAutoInsertBrackets(bool autoInsertBrackets)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:42:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_autoInsertBrackets = autoInsertBrackets;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 16:55:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::isPartialCompletionEnabled() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return m_partialCompletionEnabled;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::setPartialCompletionEnabled(bool partialCompletionEnabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_partialCompletionEnabled = partialCompletionEnabled;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Searches backwards for an access operator.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int startOfOperator(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                           int pos, unsigned *kind,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                           bool wantFunctionCall)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch  = pos > -1 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 1) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch2 = pos >  0 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 2) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QChar ch3 = pos >  1 ? editor->characterAt(pos - 3) : QChar();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    switch (ch.toLatin1()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '.':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 != QLatin1Char('.')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_DOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ',':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_COMMA;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '(':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (wantFunctionCall) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_LPAREN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case ':':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch3 != QLatin1Char(':') && ch2 == QLatin1Char(':')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_COLON_COLON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '>':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 == QLatin1Char('-')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_ARROW;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '*':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2 == QLatin1Char('.')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_DOT_STAR;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (ch3 == QLatin1Char('-') && ch2 == QLatin1Char('>')) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_ARROW_STAR;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start -= 3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '\\':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '@':
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (ch2.isNull() || ch2.isSpace()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_DOXY_COMMENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '<':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '"':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    case '/':
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_SLASH;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (start == pos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(edit->textCursor());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion: make sure the quote character is the first one on the line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (k == T_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor s = tc;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        s.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString sel = s.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"')) < sel.length() - 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (k == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc) == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    static CPlusPlus::TokenUnderCursor tokenUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const SimpleToken tk = tokenUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (k == T_DOXY_COMMENT && tk.isNot(T_DOXY_COMMENT)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Don't complete in comments or strings, but still check for include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (tk.is(T_COMMENT) || (tk.isLiteral() &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                  (k != T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   && k != T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                   && k != T_SLASH))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion: can be triggered by slash, but only in a string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (k == T_SLASH && (tk.isNot(T_STRING_LITERAL) && tk.isNot(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (k == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 11:12:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<SimpleToken> &tokens = tokenUnderCursor.tokens();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (; i < tokens.size(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const SimpleToken &token = tokens.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (token.position() == tk.position()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (i == 0) // no token on the left, but might be on a previous line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const SimpleToken &previousToken = tokens.at(i - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 13:10:38 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (previousToken.is(T_IDENTIFIER) || previousToken.is(T_GREATER)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    || previousToken.is(T_SIGNAL) || previousToken.is(T_SLOT))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-27 11:12:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (i == tokens.size()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Check for include preprocessor directive
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 13:43:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (k == T_STRING_LITERAL || k == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL || k == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        bool include = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:59:43 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<SimpleToken> &tokens = tokenUnderCursor.tokens();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (tokens.size() >= 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (tokens.at(0).is(T_POUND) && tokens.at(1).is(T_IDENTIFIER) && (tokens.at(2).is(T_STRING_LITERAL) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                              tokens.at(2).is(T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                QStringRef directive = tokens.at(1).text();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (directive == QLatin1String("include") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    directive == QLatin1String("include_next") ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    directive == QLatin1String("import")) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    include = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!include) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            k = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            start = pos;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (kind)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *kind = k;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-07 15:56:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::supportsEditor(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 10:19:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{ return m_manager->isCppEditor(editor); }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::triggersCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int pos = editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (startOfOperator(editor, pos, /*token =*/ 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        /*want function call=*/ true) != pos)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::startCompletion(TextEditor::ITextEditable *editor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *edit = qobject_cast<TextEditor::BaseTextEditor *>(editor->widget());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! edit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor = editor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int startOfName = findStartOfName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfOperator = m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip whitespace preceding this position
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    while (editor->characterAt(endOfOperator - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        --endOfOperator;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int endOfExpression = startOfOperator(editor, endOfOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          &m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          /*want function call =*/ true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::IFile *file = editor->file();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = file->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int line = 0, column = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    edit->convertPosition(editor->position(), &line, &column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // qDebug() << "line:" << line << "column:" << column;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_DOXY_COMMENT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (int i = 1; i < T_DOXY_LAST_TAG; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            item.text.append(QString::fromLatin1(doxygenTagSpell(i)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Include completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        || m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = edit->textCursor();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (completeInclude(c))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ExpressionUnderCursor expressionUnderCursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_COMMA) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int start = expressionUnderCursor.startOfFunctionCall(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (start == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-08 15:32:12 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        endOfExpression = start;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_startPosition = start + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completionOperator = T_LPAREN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    tc.setPosition(endOfExpression);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        expression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SIGNAL")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_SIGNAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (expression.endsWith(QLatin1String("SLOT")))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_SLOT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-20 12:55:01 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (editor->position() != endOfOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // We don't want a function completion when the cursor isn't at the opening brace
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                expression.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completionOperator = T_EOF_SYMBOL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 15:12:12 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_startPosition = startOfName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-26 15:51:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    //qDebug() << "***** expression:" << expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 10:07:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Snapshot snapshot = m_manager->snapshot();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (Document::Ptr thisDocument = snapshot.value(fileName)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:46:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Symbol *lastVisibleSymbol = thisDocument->findSymbolAt(line, column);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 10:07:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        typeOfExpression.setSnapshot(m_manager->snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:46:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> resolvedTypes = typeOfExpression(expression, thisDocument, lastVisibleSymbol,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 11:27:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                         TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        LookupContext context = typeOfExpression.lookupContext();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!typeOfExpression.expressionAST() && (! m_completionOperator ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!m_completionOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addKeywords();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                addMacros(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QList<Scope *> scopes = context.expand(context.visibleScopes());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (Scope *scope, scopes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    addCompletionItem(scope->symbolAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // qDebug() << "found" << resolvedTypes.count() << "symbols for expression:" << expression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (resolvedTypes.isEmpty() && (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                        m_completionOperator == T_SLOT)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Apply signal/slot completion on 'this'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            expression = QLatin1String("this");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-29 12:46:42 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            resolvedTypes = typeOfExpression(expression, thisDocument, lastVisibleSymbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            context = typeOfExpression.lookupContext();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! resolvedTypes.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN && completeConstructorOrFunction(resolvedTypes, context)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if ((m_completionOperator == T_DOT || m_completionOperator == T_ARROW) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:45:41 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                      completeMember(resolvedTypes, context)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (m_completionOperator == T_COLON_COLON && completeScope(resolvedTypes, context)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL      && completeSignal(resolvedTypes, context)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            } else if (m_completionOperator == T_SLOT        && completeSlot(resolvedTypes, context)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Find the expression that precedes the current name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            int index = endOfExpression;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            while (m_editor->characterAt(index - 1).isSpace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                --index;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            index = findStartOfName(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QTextCursor tc(edit->document());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            tc.setPosition(index);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QString baseExpression = expressionUnderCursor(tc);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // Resolve the type of this expression
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> results =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    typeOfExpression(baseExpression, thisDocument,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     lastVisibleSymbol,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                     TypeOfExpression::Preprocess);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            // If it's a class, add completions for the constructors
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (result.first->isClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (completeConstructorOrFunction(results, context))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        return m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // nothing to do.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeConstructorOrFunction(const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                      const LookupContext &context)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Function *> functions;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType exprTy = result.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Class *klass = exprTy->asClassType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Name *className = klass->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! className)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue; // nothing to do for anonymoous classes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < klass->memberCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = klass->memberAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Name *memberName = member->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! memberName)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip anonymous member.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (memberName->isQualifiedNameId())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (Function *funTy = member->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (memberName->isEqualTo(className)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        // it's a ctor.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:50:56 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *fun = ty->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! functions.isEmpty() && functions.first()->scope() != fun->scope())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue; // skip fun, it's an hidden declaration.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                bool newOverload = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Function *f, functions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (fun->isEqualTo(f)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        newOverload = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (newOverload)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    functions.append(fun);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ResolveExpression resolveExpression(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ResolveClass resolveClass;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Name *functionCallOp = context.control()->operatorNameId(OperatorNameId::FunctionCallOp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            FullySpecifiedType ty = result.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                const QList<Symbol *> classObjectCandidates = resolveClass(namedTy->name(), result, context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 12:22:33 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                foreach (Symbol *classObjectCandidate, classObjectCandidates) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (Class *klass = classObjectCandidate->asClass()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> overloads =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                resolveExpression.resolveMember(functionCallOp, klass,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                                namedTy->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &overloadResult, overloads) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            FullySpecifiedType overloadTy = overloadResult.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (Function *funTy = overloadTy->asFunctionType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                functions.append(funTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! functions.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-19 12:15:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Recreate if necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!m_functionArgumentWidget)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_functionArgumentWidget = new FunctionArgumentWidget;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-12 11:41:52 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_functionArgumentWidget->showFunctionHint(functions,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   typeOfExpression.lookupContext(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                   m_startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeMember(const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> &baseResults,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       const LookupContext &context)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (baseResults.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-29 11:53:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ResolveExpression resolveExpression(context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ResolveClass resolveClass;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool replacedDotOperator = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> classObjectResults =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            resolveExpression.resolveBaseExpression(baseResults,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    m_completionOperator,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                                    &replacedDotOperator);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (replacedDotOperator) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Replace . with ->
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_editor->setCurPos(m_startPosition - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_editor->replace(length, QLatin1String("->"));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        ++m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-05 15:23:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Symbol *> classObjectCandidates;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &r, classObjectResults) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = r.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-05 15:23:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Class *klass = ty->asClassType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            classObjectCandidates.append(klass);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-05 15:23:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Name *className = namedTy->name();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QList<Symbol *> classes = resolveClass(className, r, context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-16 11:08:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (Symbol *c, classes) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (Class *klass = c->asClass())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-29 11:53:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    classObjectCandidates.append(klass);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    completeClass(classObjectCandidates, context, /*static lookup = */ false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeScope(const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                      const LookupContext &context)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Symbol *> classes, namespaces;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (TypeOfExpression::Result result, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 11:35:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = result.first;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Class *classTy = ty->asClassType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            classes.append(classTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else if (Namespace *namespaceTy = ty->asNamespaceType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            namespaces.append(namespaceTy);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-18 15:56:59 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! classes.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeClass(classes, context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (! namespaces.isEmpty() && m_completions.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        completeNamespace(namespaces, context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addKeywords()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int keywordLimit = T_FIRST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (objcKeywordsWanted())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        keywordLimit = T_LAST_OBJC_AT_KEYWORD + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // keyword completion items.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = T_FIRST_KEYWORD; i < keywordLimit; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = QLatin1String(Token::name(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addMacros(const LookupContext &context)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> processed;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> definedMacros;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    addMacros_helper(context, context.thisDocument()->fileName(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                     &processed, &definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const QString ¯oName, definedMacros) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.text = macroName;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        item.icon = m_icons.macroIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 11:09:07 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addMacros_helper(const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         const QString &fileName,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         QSet<QString> *processed,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         QSet<QString> *definedMacros)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Document::Ptr doc = context.document(fileName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (! doc || processed->contains(doc->fileName()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    processed->insert(doc->fileName());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Document::Include &i, doc->includes()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addMacros_helper(context, i.fileName(), processed, definedMacros);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const Macro ¯o, doc->definedMacros()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString macroName = QString::fromUtf8(macro.name().constData(), macro.name().length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! macro.isHidden())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->insert(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            definedMacros->remove(macroName);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::addCompletionItem(Symbol *symbol)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (TextEditor::CompletionItem item = toCompletionItem(symbol))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeInclude(const QTextCursor &cursor)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SLASH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QTextCursor c = cursor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        c.movePosition(QTextCursor::StartOfLine, QTextCursor::KeepAnchor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString sel = c.selectedText();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('"'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos == -1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            startCharPos = sel.indexOf(QLatin1Char('<'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_completionOperator = T_STRING_LITERAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (startCharPos != -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            directoryPrefix = sel.mid(startCharPos + 1, sel.length() - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Make completion for all relevant includes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (ProjectExplorer::Project *project = ProjectExplorer::ProjectExplorerPlugin::instance()->currentProject()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList includePaths = m_manager->projectInfo(project).includePaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString currentFilePath = QFileInfo(m_editor->file()->fileName()).path();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!includePaths.contains(currentFilePath))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            includePaths.append(currentFilePath);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const QString &includePath, includePaths) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString realPath = includePath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const QString &itemText, m_manager->includesInPath(realPath)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.text += itemText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // TODO: Icon for include files
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QStringList frameworkPaths = m_manager->projectInfo(project).frameworkPaths;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (const QString &frameworkPath, frameworkPaths) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString realPath = frameworkPath;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (!directoryPrefix.isEmpty()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1Char('/');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += directoryPrefix;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                realPath += QLatin1String(".framework/Headers");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const QString &itemText, m_manager->includesInPath(realPath)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                TextEditor::CompletionItem item(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.text += itemText;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // TODO: Icon for include files
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                item.icon = m_icons.keywordIcon();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-01 17:01:13 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                m_completions.append(item);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return !m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completeNamespace(const QList<Symbol *> &candidates,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                          const LookupContext &context)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Scope *> todo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Scope *> visibleScopes = context.visibleScopes();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Symbol *candidate, candidates) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (Namespace *ns = candidate->asNamespace())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            context.expand(ns->members(), visibleScopes, &todo);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Scope *scope, todo) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(scope->owner());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(scope->symbolAt(i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completeClass(const QList<Symbol *> &candidates,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                      const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                      bool staticLookup)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (candidates.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Class *klass = candidates.first()->asClass();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QList<Scope *> todo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    context.expand(klass->members(), context.visibleScopes(), &todo);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (Scope *scope, todo) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        addCompletionItem(scope->owner());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            Symbol *symbol = scope->symbolAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (symbol->type().isFriend())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            else if (! staticLookup && (symbol->isTypedef() ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                        symbol->isEnum()    ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                        symbol->isClass()))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            addCompletionItem(symbol);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::completeQtMethod(const QList<TypeOfExpression::Result> &results,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         const LookupContext &context,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         bool wantSignals)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (results.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 12:03:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ResolveClass resolveClass;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    ConvertToCompletionItem toCompletionItem(this);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Overview o;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowReturnTypes(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowArgumentNames(false);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    o.setShowFunctionSignatures(true);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QSet<QString> signatures;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-17 12:12:14 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    foreach (const TypeOfExpression::Result &p, results) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-30 11:24:00 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        FullySpecifiedType ty = p.first.simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (PointerType *ptrTy = ty->asPointerType())
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:38:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ty = ptrTy->elementType().simplified();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue; // not a pointer or a reference to a pointer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        NamedType *namedTy = ty->asNamedType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (! namedTy) // not a class name.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<Symbol *> classObjects =
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 11:38:54 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                resolveClass(namedTy->name(), p, context);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (classObjects.isEmpty())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        Class *klass = classObjects.first()->asClass();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QList<Scope *> todo;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-30 12:03:49 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QList<Scope *> visibleScopes = context.visibleScopes(p);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        context.expand(klass->members(), visibleScopes, &todo);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        foreach (Scope *scope, todo) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (! scope->isClassScope())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            for (unsigned i = 0; i < scope->symbolCount(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Symbol *member = scope->symbolAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                Function *fun = member->type()->asFunctionType();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! fun)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (wantSignals && ! fun->isSignal())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                else if (! wantSignals && ! fun->isSlot())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (TextEditor::CompletionItem item = toCompletionItem(fun)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    unsigned count = fun->argumentCount();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    while (true) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-13 17:55:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        TextEditor::CompletionItem ci = item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        QString signature;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += overview.prettyName(fun->name());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        for (unsigned i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            Symbol *arg = fun->argumentAt(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (i != 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                signature += QLatin1Char(',');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            signature += o.prettyType(arg->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QByteArray normalized =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signature.toLatin1());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        signature = QString::fromLatin1(normalized, normalized.size());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (! signatures.contains(signature)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            signatures.insert(signature);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            ci.text = signature; // fix the completion item.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-13 17:55:02 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            m_completions.append(ci);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (count && fun->argumentAt(count - 1)->asArgument()->hasInitializer())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            --count;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return ! m_completions.isEmpty();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::completions(QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> *completions)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (length == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        *completions = m_completions;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    else if (length > 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QString key = m_editor->textAt(m_startPosition, length);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 14:32:39 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        /* Close on the trailing slash for include completion, to enable the slash to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         * trigger a new completion list. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if ((m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) && key.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_completionOperator != T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            /*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             * This code builds a regular expression in order to more intelligently match
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             * camel-case style. This means upper-case characters will be rewritten as follows:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             *   A => [a-z0-9_]*A (for any but the first capital letter)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             * Meaning it allows any sequence of lower-case characters to preceed an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             * upper-case character. So for example gAC matches getActionController.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            QString keyRegExp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            keyRegExp += QLatin1Char('^');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            bool first = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (const QChar &c, key) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (c.isUpper() && !first) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    keyRegExp += QLatin1String("[a-z0-9_]*");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    keyRegExp += c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 16:36:33 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    keyRegExp += QRegExp::escape(c);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                first = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-10 16:08:23 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            const QRegExp regExp(keyRegExp, m_caseSensitivity);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (TextEditor::CompletionItem item, m_completions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (regExp.indexIn(item.text) == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    item.relevance = (key.length() > 0 &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                         item.text.startsWith(key, Qt::CaseInsensitive)) ? 1 : 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (*completions) << item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        } else if (m_completionOperator == T_LPAREN ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                   m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            foreach (TextEditor::CompletionItem item, m_completions) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (item.text.startsWith(key, Qt::CaseInsensitive)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    (*completions) << item;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::complete(const TextEditor::CompletionItem &item)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Symbol *symbol = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (item.data.isValid())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        symbol = item.data.value<Symbol *>();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString toInsert;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int extraLength = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int cursorOffset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-17 12:36:40 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    bool autoParenthesesEnabled = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 12:37:40 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_completionOperator == T_STRING_LITERAL || m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!toInsert.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            extraChars += QLatin1Char((m_completionOperator == T_ANGLE_STRING_LITERAL) ? '>' : '"');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        toInsert = item.text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        //qDebug() << "current symbol:" << overview.prettyName(symbol->name())
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        //<< overview.prettyType(symbol->type());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:42:46 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (m_autoInsertBrackets && symbol && symbol->type()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-09 17:44:06 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            if (Function *function = symbol->type()->asFunctionType()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // If the member is a function, automatically place the opening parenthesis,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                // except when it might take template parameters.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 16:43:38 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                if (! function->hasReturnType() && (function->identity() && !function->identity()->isDestructorNameId())) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // Don't insert any magic, since the user might have just wanted to select the class
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (function->templateParameterCount() != 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If there are no arguments, then we need the template specification
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (function->argumentCount() == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char('<');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-17 14:46:35 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                } else if (! function->isAmbiguous()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    extraChars += QLatin1Char('(');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function doesn't return anything, automatically place the semicolon,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // unless we're doing a scope completion (then it might be function definition).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    bool endWithSemicolon = function->returnType()->isVoidType() && m_completionOperator != T_COLON_COLON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    // If the function takes no arguments, automatically place the closing parenthesis
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    if (item.duplicateCount == 0 && ! function->hasArguments()) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-10 12:51:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (endWithSemicolon)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += QLatin1Char(';');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    } else if (autoParenthesesEnabled) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        const QChar lookAhead = m_editor->characterAt(m_editor->position() + 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        if (MatchingText::shouldInsertMatchingText(lookAhead)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            extraChars += QLatin1Char(')');
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-22 16:52:27 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            if (endWithSemicolon) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                extraChars += QLatin1Char(';');
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                --cursorOffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Avoid inserting characters that are already there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for (int i = 0; i < extraChars.length(); ++i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar a = extraChars.at(i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const QChar b = m_editor->characterAt(m_editor->position() + i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (a == b)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            ++extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 13:48:21 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    toInsert += extraChars;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-23 16:46:30 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Insert the remainder of the name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    int length = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition + extraLength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor->setCurPos(m_startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_editor->replace(length, toInsert);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-16 16:48:14 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (cursorOffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        m_editor->setCurPos(m_editor->position() + cursorOffset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::partiallyComplete(const QList<TextEditor::CompletionItem> &completionItems)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (m_completionOperator == T_SIGNAL || m_completionOperator == T_SLOT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (completionItems.count() == 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        complete(completionItems.first());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 16:55:44 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } else if (m_partialCompletionEnabled && m_completionOperator != T_LPAREN) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        // Compute common prefix
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-05 18:32:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString firstKey = completionItems.first().text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        QString lastKey = completionItems.last().text;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        const int length = qMin(firstKey.length(), lastKey.length());
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        firstKey.truncate(length);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        lastKey.truncate(length);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        while (firstKey != lastKey) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            firstKey.chop(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            lastKey.chop(1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        int typedLength = m_editor->position() - m_startPosition;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        if (!firstKey.isEmpty() && firstKey.length() > typedLength) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_editor->setCurPos(m_startPosition);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            m_editor->replace(typedLength, firstKey);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    }
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void CppCodeCompletion::cleanup()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    m_completions.clear();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 13:01:54 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Set empty map in order to avoid referencing old versions of the documents
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // until the next completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 10:07:58 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    typeOfExpression.setSnapshot(Snapshot());
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int CppCodeCompletion::findStartOfName(int pos) const
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (pos == -1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pos = m_editor->position();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QChar chr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    // Skip to the start of a name
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 16:40:42 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        chr = m_editor->characterAt(--pos);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    } while (chr.isLetterOrNumber() || chr == QLatin1Char('_'));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return pos + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 15:22:57 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool CppCodeCompletion::objcKeywordsWanted() const
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    if (!m_objcEnabled)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    Core::IFile *file = m_editor->file();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    QString fileName = file->fileName();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    const Core::MimeDatabase *mdb = Core::ICore::instance()->mimeDatabase();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    return mdb->findByFile(fileName).type() == CppTools::Constants::OBJECTIVE_CPP_SOURCE_MIMETYPE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-26 11:14:05 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "cppcodecompletion.moc"
							 |